SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
Quickpoint ®  How To Quickoffice Connect TM  Mobile Suite for iPad
Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files.  2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ®  provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® .  The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom.  When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
Editing Presentations  Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management  These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only.  •  Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide •  Tap the  to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing.  •  Tap the  on the left slide of the  selected slide to delete that slide •  Tap, hold and drag to move a slide •  Tap additional slides once you have  tapped and held on a slide to select  multiple slides
Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation.  Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls.  •  Tap  to rotate the image, shape, or textbox •  Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or  textbox •  Tap  to resize the image, shape or textbox •  Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog •  Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the  to open the  Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the  on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color  • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
•  Tap  to open the Add Graphic menu •  Tap  from the shapes tab to add a textbox •  Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them •  Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu •  You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository.  Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image.  On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images.  Part IV - Inserting Graphics
•  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left)  will advance to the  next slide  •  A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to  the  previous slide •  Tap on the left side of the screen will  show the filmstrip and allow you to jump  to a slide •  A double tap will  exit  slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector.  •  Plug a video out connector into the dock •  Tap the  to start slideshow mode •  Select the desired output location: “Main screen”  or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ®  gives you additional controls in a control panel •  Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the  will advance to the  next slide •  A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the  will go back to the  previous slide •  Tap on the  will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide.  A second tap will dismiss the  filmstrip.  •  A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a  virtual laser pointer •  A double tap or a tap on the  will  exit  slideshow mode  Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors

More Related Content

PPT
??????? ????????
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
DOCX
Cartagena de indias 2
PPSX
San Felipe de Barajas
PPTX
Plastic cutlery promo
??????? ????????
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Cartagena de indias 2
San Felipe de Barajas
Plastic cutlery promo

Similar to дбщбскщбсщкбсQuickpoint How To (20)

PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
PPT
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Quickpoint How To
Ad

More from Tatyana Remayeva (20)

PPT
6. Alignment
PPTX
AutomationTesting_HOW_
DOC
2003 New
DOCX
56-FP_Wireless1
PPT
@11111111Quickpoint How To
PPT
PPT
2012 2007_2
DOC
2003links
PPT
Block arrows
DOCX
DOCX
!!!!!!!!!@@@@
DOCX
!!!!!!!!!90
PPTX
ренейм пптха
PPT
PPTX
3 objects
DOC
DOCX
PPTX
PPT
ShapesAndConnectors
6. Alignment
AutomationTesting_HOW_
2003 New
56-FP_Wireless1
@11111111Quickpoint How To
2012 2007_2
2003links
Block arrows
!!!!!!!!!@@@@
!!!!!!!!!90
ренейм пптха
3 objects
ShapesAndConnectors
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Network Security Unit 5.pdf for BCA BBA.
PDF
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
PPTX
MYSQL Presentation for SQL database connectivity
PDF
Encapsulation_ Review paper, used for researhc scholars
PDF
Assigned Numbers - 2025 - Bluetooth® Document
PDF
Architecting across the Boundaries of two Complex Domains - Healthcare & Tech...
PDF
The Rise and Fall of 3GPP – Time for a Sabbatical?
PPTX
Digital-Transformation-Roadmap-for-Companies.pptx
PDF
Approach and Philosophy of On baking technology
PDF
7 ChatGPT Prompts to Help You Define Your Ideal Customer Profile.pdf
PDF
Machine learning based COVID-19 study performance prediction
PPTX
A Presentation on Artificial Intelligence
PDF
Spectral efficient network and resource selection model in 5G networks
PPT
Teaching material agriculture food technology
PPTX
20250228 LYD VKU AI Blended-Learning.pptx
PDF
Advanced methodologies resolving dimensionality complications for autism neur...
PDF
Dropbox Q2 2025 Financial Results & Investor Presentation
PDF
Building Integrated photovoltaic BIPV_UPV.pdf
PDF
Chapter 3 Spatial Domain Image Processing.pdf
PPTX
ACSFv1EN-58255 AWS Academy Cloud Security Foundations.pptx
Network Security Unit 5.pdf for BCA BBA.
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
MYSQL Presentation for SQL database connectivity
Encapsulation_ Review paper, used for researhc scholars
Assigned Numbers - 2025 - Bluetooth® Document
Architecting across the Boundaries of two Complex Domains - Healthcare & Tech...
The Rise and Fall of 3GPP – Time for a Sabbatical?
Digital-Transformation-Roadmap-for-Companies.pptx
Approach and Philosophy of On baking technology
7 ChatGPT Prompts to Help You Define Your Ideal Customer Profile.pdf
Machine learning based COVID-19 study performance prediction
A Presentation on Artificial Intelligence
Spectral efficient network and resource selection model in 5G networks
Teaching material agriculture food technology
20250228 LYD VKU AI Blended-Learning.pptx
Advanced methodologies resolving dimensionality complications for autism neur...
Dropbox Q2 2025 Financial Results & Investor Presentation
Building Integrated photovoltaic BIPV_UPV.pdf
Chapter 3 Spatial Domain Image Processing.pdf
ACSFv1EN-58255 AWS Academy Cloud Security Foundations.pptx

дбщбскщбсщкбсQuickpoint How To

  • 1. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 2. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 3. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 4. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 5. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 6. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 7. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 8. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 9. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 10. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 11. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 12. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 13. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 14. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 15. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 16. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 17. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 18. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 19. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 20. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 21. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 22. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 23. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 24. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 25. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 26. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 27. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 28. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 29. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 30. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 31. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 32. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 33. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 34. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 35. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 36. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 37. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 38. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 39. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 40. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 41. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 42. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 43. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 44. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 45. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 46. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 47. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 48. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 49. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 50. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 51. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 52. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 53. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 54. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 55. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 56. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 57. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 58. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 59. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 60. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 61. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 62. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 63. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 64. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 65. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 66. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 67. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 68. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 69. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 70. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 71. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 72. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 73. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 74. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 75. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 76. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 77. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 78. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 79. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 80. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 81. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 82. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 83. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 84. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 85. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 86. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 87. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 88. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 89. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 90. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 91. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 92. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 93. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 94. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 95. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 96. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 97. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 98. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 99. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 100. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 101. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 102. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 103. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 104. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 105. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 106. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 107. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 108. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 109. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 110. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 111. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 112. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 113. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 114. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 115. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 116. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 117. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 118. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 119. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 120. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 121. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 122. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 123. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 124. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 125. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 126. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 127. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 128. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 129. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 130. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 131. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 132. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 133. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 134. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 135. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 136. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 137. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 138. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 139. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 140. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 141. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 142. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 143. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 144. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 145. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 146. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 147. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 148. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 149. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 150. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 151. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 152. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 153. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 154. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 155. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 156. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 157. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 158. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 159. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 160. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 161. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 162. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 163. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 164. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 165. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 166. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 167. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 168. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 169. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 170. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 171. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 172. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 173. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 174. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 175. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 176. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 177. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 178. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 179. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 180. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 181. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 182. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 183. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 184. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 185. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 186. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 187. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 188. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 189. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 190. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 191. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 192. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 193. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 194. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 195. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 196. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 197. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 198. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 199. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 200. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 201. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 202. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 203. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 204. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 205. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 206. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 207. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 208. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 209. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 210. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 211. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 212. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 213. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 214. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 215. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 216. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 217. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 218. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 219. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 220. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 221. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 222. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 223. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 224. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 225. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 226. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 227. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 228. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 229. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 230. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 231. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 232. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 233. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 234. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 235. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 236. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 237. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 238. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 239. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 240. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 241. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 242. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 243. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 244. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 245. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 246. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 247. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 248. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 249. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 250. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 251. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 252. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 253. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 254. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 255. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 256. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 257. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 258. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 259. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 260. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 261. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 262. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 263. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 264. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 265. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 266. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 267. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 268. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 269. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 270. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 271. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 272. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 273. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 274. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 275. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 276. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 277. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 278. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 279. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 280. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 281. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 282. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 283. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 284. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 285. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 286. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 287. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 288. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 289. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 290. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 291. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 292. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 293. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 294. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 295. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 296. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 297. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 298. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 299. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 300. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 301. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 302. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 303. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 304. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 305. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 306. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 307. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 308. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 309. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 310. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 311. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 312. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 313. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 314. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 315. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 316. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 317. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 318. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 319. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 320. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 321. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 322. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 323. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 324. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 325. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 326. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 327. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 328. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 329. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 330. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 331. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 332. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 333. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 334. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 335. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 336. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 337. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 338. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 339. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 340. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 341. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 342. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 343. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 344. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 345. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 346. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 347. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 348. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 349. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 350. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 351. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 352. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 353. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 354. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 355. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 356. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 357. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 358. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 359. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 360. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 361. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 362. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 363. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 364. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 365. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 366. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 367. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 368. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 369. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 370. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 371. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 372. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 373. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 374. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 375. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 376. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 377. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 378. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 379. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 380. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 381. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 382. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 383. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 384. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 385. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 386. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 387. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 388. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 389. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 390. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 391. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 392. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 393. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 394. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 395. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 396. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 397. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 398. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 399. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 400. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 401. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 402. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 403. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 404. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 405. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 406. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 407. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 408. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 409. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 410. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 411. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 412. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 413. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 414. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 415. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 416. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 417. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 418. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 419. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 420. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 421. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 422. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 423. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 424. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 425. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 426. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 427. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 428. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 429. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 430. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 431. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 432. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 433. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 434. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 435. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 436. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 437. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 438. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 439. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 440. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 441. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 442. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 443. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 444. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 445. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 446. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 447. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 448. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 449. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 450. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 451. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 452. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 453. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 454. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 455. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 456. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 457. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 458. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 459. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 460. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 461. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 462. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 463. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 464. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 465. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 466. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 467. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 468. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 469. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 470. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 471. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 472. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 473. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 474. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 475. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 476. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 477. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 478. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 479. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 480. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 481. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 482. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 483. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 484. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 485. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 486. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 487. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 488. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 489. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 490. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 491. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 492. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 493. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 494. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 495. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 496. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 497. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 498. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 499. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 500. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 501. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 502. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 503. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 504. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 505. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 506. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 507. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 508. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 509. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 510. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 511. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 512. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 513. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 514. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 515. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 516. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 517. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 518. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 519. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 520. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 521. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 522. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 523. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 524. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 525. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 526. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 527. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 528. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 529. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 530. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 531. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 532. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 533. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 534. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 535. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 536. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 537. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 538. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 539. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 540. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 541. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 542. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 543. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 544. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 545. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 546. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 547. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 548. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 549. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 550. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 551. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 552. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 553. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 554. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 555. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 556. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 557. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 558. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 559. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 560. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 561. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 562. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 563. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 564. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 565. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 566. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 567. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 568. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 569. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 570. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 571. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 572. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 573. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 574. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 575. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 576. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 577. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 578. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 579. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 580. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 581. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 582. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 583. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 584. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 585. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 586. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 587. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 588. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 589. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 590. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 591. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 592. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors
  • 593. Quickpoint ® How To Quickoffice Connect TM Mobile Suite for iPad
  • 594. Opening Presentations Viewing Presentations Quickpoint® can open and edit 2003 Microsoft PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPT files. 2007 PowerPoint formatted presentations such as PPTX files can be opened as read only but can still be presented both on device and on an external monitor. Tap on the desired filename in the File Manager to open the presentation. Quickpoint ® provides you a new, optimized way to view both 2003 and 2007 presentations in both Portrait and Landscape modes on your iPad ® . The main slide can be zoomed in and out using standard pinch zoom. When the slide is zoomed in, you can move the slide so you can focus the desired part of the slide.
  • 595. Editing Presentations Part I - Filmstrip and Slide Management These following editing sections are valid for 2003 (PPT) formatted presentations only. • Tap and drag vertically to scroll the filmstrip on the left side of the main slide • Tap the to add a slide exactly like the one that you are viewing. • Tap the on the left slide of the selected slide to delete that slide • Tap, hold and drag to move a slide • Tap additional slides once you have tapped and held on a slide to select multiple slides
  • 596. Part II - Changing Graphics You can do several things to images, shapes, and textboxes inside the presentation. Tap once to select the image, shape, or textbox and enable edit controls. • Tap to rotate the image, shape, or textbox • Tap and drag to move the image, shape, or textbox • Tap to resize the image, shape or textbox • Tap a second time on the selected item to see the delete dialog • Double tap on the shape of textbox to begin text editing
  • 597. Power Edit mode is available when you have selected an image, shape, or textbox. Tap the to open the Power Edit Toolbox. To dismiss the toolbox, tap the on the top right above the toolbox. Part III - Power Edit Mode For textboxes and shapes you can change: • Bold • Italics • Underline • Font size, style, and color • Alignment • Inserting or removing bullets • Fill color • Arrangement (Bring to Front, Send to Back)
  • 598. • Tap to open the Add Graphic menu • Tap from the shapes tab to add a textbox • Tap or drag and drop any of the shapes to insert one of them • Tap the Images tab to change to the insert image menu • You can insert images from the iPad photo gallery, as well as your local repository. Navigate to the desired directory and tap or drag and drop to insert the desired image. On 2003 formatted presentations, you can insert text boxes, shapes, and images. Part IV - Inserting Graphics
  • 599. • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the left side of the screen will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide • A double tap will exit slideshow mode You can show your 2003 and 2007 presentations in slideshow mode both on device and on an external monitor or projector. • Plug a video out connector into the dock • Tap the to start slideshow mode • Select the desired output location: “Main screen” or “External Monitor” Presenting Slideshows
  • 600. When presenting on an external monitor or projector, Quickpoint ® gives you additional controls in a control panel • Single tap or a tap and drag (right to left) or a tap on the will advance to the next slide • A tap and drag (left to right) or a tap on the will go back to the previous slide • Tap on the will show the filmstrip and allow you to jump to a slide. A second tap will dismiss the filmstrip. • A tap and hold anywhere on the screen will activate a virtual laser pointer • A double tap or a tap on the will exit slideshow mode Video Out to External Monitors and Projectors